diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h
index 7c9eaf3c29a236ec73c0456cfc5abf3480e692ce..70720edef09bb47ca73cc4ef6037ab03b77dc491 100644
--- a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -906,6 +906,7 @@
#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
//#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+ //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
//#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
//#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
@@ -951,7 +952,6 @@
#endif
#endif
-
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 03bbd1db4fc2e5753f6fca8728dc2b7f8737ab9c..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2262 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information in M114
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 180
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
- // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
- // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
- // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
- // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
- // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
- // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
- // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section machine
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
-
-// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
-//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
-//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
-//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
-#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
-#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "G1 Y190 Z190\nM84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 65 // Pin to detect power loss
- #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN
- * SS --> SDSS
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-// @section safety
-
-// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
-// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
- // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
- // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
-// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
- * 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 5 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
- * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
- * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
- * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
- * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
-
- #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
- * stepperY.interpolate(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L6470
-
-/**
- * L6470 Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
- #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // L6470
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
- #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
- #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
-
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
- //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behaviour.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT
-#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/buildroot/bin/restore_configs b/buildroot/bin/restore_configs
index aa0766b20b9a342c7fe097ebfb03c6a18a36730c..50db41feda3fdf8d2ce9d186e865f09dfafb8008 100755
--- a/buildroot/bin/restore_configs
+++ b/buildroot/bin/restore_configs
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
#!/usr/bin/env bash
-cp Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration*.h Marlin
+cp config/default/Configuration*.h Marlin
[ -f Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h.backup ] && cp Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h.backup Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h
rm -f Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h.backup
diff --git a/buildroot/bin/update_defaults b/buildroot/bin/update_defaults
index 2dcea0d1552993a4f6dee95a5fa27a54de352628..4442a54e4d8ab650c832c7dd9463478c62e3744a 100755
--- a/buildroot/bin/update_defaults
+++ b/buildroot/bin/update_defaults
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
#!/usr/bin/env bash
-cp Marlin/Configuration*.h Marlin/src/config/default
+cp Marlin/Configuration*.h config/default
diff --git a/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs b/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs
index 423a77d0221225da5d9278fe0b79f15169bbd4d3..a0a0dcd3dd8a2ab43fdbd674ab6121773331ae6a 100755
--- a/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs
+++ b/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs
@@ -2,18 +2,18 @@
restore_configs
-if [ -f "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" ]; then
- cp "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" Marlin/
+if [ -f "config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" ]; then
+ cp "config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" Marlin/
fi
-if [ -f "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" ]; then
- cp "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" Marlin/
+if [ -f "config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" ]; then
+ cp "config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" Marlin/
fi
-if [ -f "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" ]; then
- cp "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" Marlin/
+if [ -f "config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" ]; then
+ cp "config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" Marlin/
fi
-if [ -f "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" ]; then
- cp "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" Marlin/
+if [ -f "config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" ]; then
+ cp "config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" Marlin/
fi
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration.h b/config/default/Configuration.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration.h
rename to config/default/Configuration.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h b/config/default/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/default/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h
index bb05cbf4cb218d711144fc233f3ae98fabfd7263..1cf51f6bd0fe8eae1ac9c3b50b1df469e91bd59f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -952,7 +952,6 @@
#endif
#endif
-
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md
rename to config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h
index c23d54f7fa7f8a75846688c53f35eac9a521eeca..62f50e15e6233029482c7040edf0ebd663ea7c47 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h
index 67643a38ba17360eca1fc38500701838d491724a..6836ff9541bdc45c4ccf6235798148234688acbf 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt
rename to config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h
index 5b281a83679b1fcf4647279cf4d0360f239570d3..b12fcb6217a684e991377735b7d6462f5768bc40 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -906,6 +906,7 @@
#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
//#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+ //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
//#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
//#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
@@ -951,7 +952,6 @@
#endif
#endif
-
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h
index 9565659b1d644a17a6a3341d2b9701d26199bf0b..c83055c7a9c46b267903e50f891d24f8f3e2065c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h
index b0822e48cce4b9f7769e608e448069a9b5a89be3..dad2f398f10690437f199fcca6dce0a652570af3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h
index 2521909b048118da2a115ba2c0cefbedc2610738..d90f09782eeacc12646b24945bf2466210e45694 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h
index b80e1360ec9e8028965a2b91ff757ceb26aa784a..393823bd45137bbd933a09806fbae64dbfbd21bf 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h
index d5cde973b991f3b8511516441711f62c8a36bebf..ddb3be249bb339a4824de2342e6d4b29ba6703b8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -952,7 +952,6 @@
#endif
#endif
-
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
@@ -1263,6 +1262,7 @@
// Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
// until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+ #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h
index bf3acb3deb109116e69ebeec7a59d86641995068..8cd31463aadfe3b3262bac06c139d295aebd6e0d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h
index 2d7b9b6ddd4d47cad3104e0a49558fefa8a8583e..a44059b69a380eb97210c8fb658081ad3383ce27 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -956,7 +956,6 @@
#endif
#endif
-
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h
index 2b8b91d16d031a62b8423473ed5556f0368158e6..d0550a36de7129607b089e4276b6bb49f698ef90 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
@@ -1259,8 +1259,8 @@
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
+ #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+ #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
#endif
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h
index dc1405c10aa58e9dc708037110a0d284cdd272c7..79ad50cd972e6f7207f8f3ffc277a4d8cbc7ba0f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
@@ -1122,10 +1122,10 @@
*/
#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
#if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+ #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+ #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+ #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+ #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#endif
#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h
index 5f15b3b3dc51c3cd8d2a958b489390bf40dbda9f..0019f7d33341865ac50ce945dcd259a0f739ebf8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -364,6 +364,7 @@
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
*/
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h
index 98e0a15a200a1b0200825b2b0494914aec66b58c..a8dacd52ee9742efdc47e1417a2b47870ce39c3c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
@@ -1122,10 +1122,10 @@
*/
#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
#if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+ #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+ #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+ #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+ #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#endif
#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h
index 42468c5f10fb5e110d7ab5f1a0acf5918e509232..130a1af7c2c24df39b76ffb8c40ac5cde7424cad 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h
index 5646f75967fb1e8f67ac5b7d083fc6d3df1ffd74..95fe651dacd1904b5f30c42fcff0f469e0a0d533 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md
rename to config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h
index ef690c5aa971b0b055cbc18c54f9f1c793ed5d95..21a7c217a22af213fd65edb57e0e27e611d102ca 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h
index 6ffa782294fd88f2af917b49f52a83a7492050c0..93935dd15deff15d7207734d56859a49ebfd9c88 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h
old mode 100755
new mode 100644
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h
index 4f6916a28235edea177249b8e1dfe88b0dabd07d..5a673a3eca2f6cc673659be5ef4508597bc558bd
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h
index 7bd92bcf4baabfd388a5a3404292cd44205647e7..7ba15cb2f5ea84fd0f7a18b4ff09728de2e438f0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h
index 72010ea0b7e1c139fc236abd234fdcf160286b3d..97a6403ec75629aa2a383592e0546da6f001d58c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h
index e0854830087d45880e17c81b25895ec373d5d8c7..180dbd9bd3c577e5f3adb8fdd540c800ebaca806 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h
index bbe7d006268365b8f343d9f2066c2d29366c4b0f..c57e4ecd778c73e6676f2300467c7801bb0a694f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h
index daf3ffd52dfa1d84a002dd544de16ad8aaaac8b4..4012e532174510993c8e0872910787671cd5bbc0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md
rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h
index 1c999bb78ce864a899e5c0527dda173eac814b78..e096661df5566a0d7a409a4da8bd321278180b77 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/README.md b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/README.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/README.md
rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/README.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h
index 88671c5f56790d1ad51862f262a484eddf2abc53..772d196cf9ad43647cfed917d56a14473d711abf 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h
index ec8c3476b12df0dd5c6457fd09f967deae09510c..5186ffa40dd7bbc4d401755160211658290b7cee 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md b/config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md
rename to config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h
index dbe75566d5952e62b37259761b78da6de9e6ba75..70c35d13d093fc004e08d1407be7e7169b140dd8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h
index d8f77af12ba9ce1a7fae694215a8f554f4e1f314..75eabb490ff1692bcb7492129a220cbcc0a34674 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/README.md b/config/examples/Felix/README.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/README.md
rename to config/examples/Felix/README.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h
index 38278a40a066ba6a22804d1f9205232c2497e2a3..9f6c76d1606d3df91605a2cb8f8dd7143ceba621 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h
index 9a4e949439f1aaf79d2b7fd4247571d5af8a08a8..fc15239984204ebbcbf86016d24c244f6598481b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
@@ -1364,8 +1364,8 @@
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 50 // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 50 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
+ #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 50 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+ #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 50 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
#endif
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h
index 44a6093a1c2758f5376e6022da9abe2806e829a2..8c96fc6b357858e4d393e497a351d39cdf8f3886 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h
index 244b0ab88705d89e44f02c6469dd0511cd50eec8..8deb7fe050d781baf422f40ceff43631ed8192cf 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -956,7 +956,6 @@
#endif
#endif
-
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h
index ecff0d5c096bd74c9a30dd655a580af60db8608c..711d5cd7039d2626859c59b89beb239d3162ca5f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h
index c2af0f4dc5c70bcd8d42d1fd03cb3ee75e3a4d5e..00e318ccd628186893c49ffc686ab620b01dc8da 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h
index b8603b484a41349f4264fcaa3b48107e35b6a13f..8168c35b47bb5cdc566f84484ed8a9ea91e10d5e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h
index 5c9672169c301ffe27a407888861a128fbb41819..5d5dd7f935cc89d5f9a854d0df473c5902304637 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h
index 0fd4dfd99f44e7a5792861f5a34d1b6b4fef7a42..ef46da50571aef31671423fa8d5fb0a1f675c5a7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -952,7 +952,6 @@
#endif
#endif
-
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/README.md b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/README.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/README.md
rename to config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/README.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h
index 6bbc024352013adcb196f2ad604b967db686e32f..186a0210c2a8afede77239aeeb3fc67d9df65e52 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h
index 60546e7831dd4df091147c1bf49614dcc2879ed8..fdb673d96ab72eec638221a855651dde68acc09b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h
index 68a3b799069797a81160c5f80c468c06af71c2d3..767542834cd838ac87cc0a5c79457b7dd3852f39 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h
index 81dab2a5894e05a86f986e5dad674038e54a2820..6f77110c3ea55f4628fc9fe36cf00361cb9023c7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h
index 21d379e5935c1dd30ac79b9690a6ea70f4a0f839..9522f1158d5279f9a7af9db0e488f8b9adbbce14 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h
index 7d79c61e003dd1bb9d31b3d3bbea524bcbbee47d..f3529b327108c892952b1d334dc1f0fe3085ee02 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md
rename to config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h
index 59ee1387baeb621e060d8e1dd07302628447d2da..bdeeffc8d91d92b8b60c793c2d21aef0baf3e1a7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h
index 267d446fd00c0ca47869af147b46d167f4af3d7c..258b3c8eacc58acfe3f2a98f01bc50dfc18bb803 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md
similarity index 97%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md
rename to config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md
index 44c308de224da519755c3943433c981423b29731..3a5026a4bd15a10f171c0e980361651babe2b73f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md
+++ b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Config without automatic bed level sensor, or in other words, "as stock"
1. Configure Marlin
* Copy `_Bootscreen.h`, `Configuration.h`, and `Configuration_adv.h`
- from `Marlin/config/examples/Malyan/M150` to `Marlin`
+ from `config/examples/Malyan/M150` to `Marlin`
(overwrite files)
* Read `Configuration.h` and make any necessary changes
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h
index 739c3a3c295c6488d7f727cfb9355fdf962adf6c..06e5ee7b5462808746423d2cd3ac17baf2f7b47d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/README.md b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/README.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/README.md
rename to config/examples/Micromake/C1/README.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h
index 6240d4cfa807e05cee6cd8840bb212c5fcac547b..cca98bc1751fbbfd8c3a7d9a52d7c43472dd1e5f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h
index 14524d8e11874c439610a5ab2780c24a5fe5bd89..573b179d1235ddfe0a1d39af896800cc1db083c2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h
index 401505d95869e72ba3ede4ae05d67b44608c8b83..70720edef09bb47ca73cc4ef6037ab03b77dc491 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -952,7 +952,6 @@
#endif
#endif
-
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h
index 28bf57352844eeb5e050ba7ffbe63a47362703f8..1d14d5e023afae6fa565d549f99c72e2c15099c4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -952,7 +952,6 @@
#endif
#endif
-
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/000-README_RepRap_Discount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller.txt b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/000-README_RepRap_Discount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/000-README_RepRap_Discount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller.txt
rename to config/examples/Mks/Sbase/000-README_RepRap_Discount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller.txt
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h
index c72911b2566b8b1844698a1e5714ef5f4d51977f..caf3062940b1032e211e6c97622b3fd1cdce0afc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h
index b8678f4c2a3c0befc6a57b6ba9b42baa9c1a716d..7528803b818f8a89bac67db08cf194c63f92b10e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -952,7 +952,6 @@
#endif
#endif
-
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h
index 6bc563c6de0f6055d8d27cc9923fe8ee114c0b87..e75448079a619f13250a2925723bd92d2d085e86 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h
index 7a0bd07bd3d98e0cece2b5470ec3a70063c7551d..1f6d03ee140685ae51537df64c158176feb06750 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h
index 79b162abc206779a967283255f35d3440cd77195..d95d2b083d1e7d5c92a022e2909642e54ca53f8c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h b/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h
index b3b2fc2c89dfe9cabf3a128acab61528d94f02f4..19cd162139cf53f4aceb3f7193a40909303364e6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h
index deaf828b365cf414f07438f76696b7733b243e31..28625f63c5d7bcec0fb740555f5dc06a9080b9b5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h
index 412e81df25ceaa781259fc95c3830e6aefbe1a0a..0ad83b2e18a2fad9b8855e0d6cd7a0da815c6a6e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h
index 6c3ec1e29794c2985bdaa05b82e8c8c1ddd02485..9cb1aa94ee350d785a0e2e6ffdce9187d0bb5514 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h
index 6de8c04eb209bbfcd4138711907437135ef8fc58..431a5582efb1f8ddc362ab1bf940dff03d41816b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h
index 480af111eace01183851b4d7ab5212dc607f79b4..8ff4887e2fe3b99e0585633ca78458a4fbf5b996 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h
index 29226066903c72b7345cc978858dfdfed779ac92..cfc1b7b472c32d5a9e4e12d407b30a88a3708919 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
@@ -1122,10 +1122,10 @@
*/
#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
#if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+ #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+ #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+ #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+ #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#endif
#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h
index 58ad9582ad5973548ae9f88a6f600aa6a06950bf..07307eb7733d1ba8dc45ac7be270efdef0027bfb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h
index 6582e1cfe0ff5af8e4111e7ba00bf05104aaf59a..d92c39d6dfe1af668be1819d5bf686efe387ac1a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -906,6 +906,7 @@
#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
//#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+ //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
//#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
//#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
@@ -951,7 +952,6 @@
#endif
#endif
-
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h
index d89f28edd236c9d7b0bb12d0a3c55c635eaef2b9..85ec6c06abfec9b098eab681c35457fdf9aaaaff 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h
index 966981772251a8bfd5d70d3a092ce62fa5e5eb4f..27a821acde9d1a7e5b33d140f96575bcef573b03 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h
index f6ac9705f997fce29eb926249ae1c83a45f12b00..5f85003cc582e33da7ee8f65e8bfb935b5a51fcc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h
index bd0197d47ed7e56c2eee27d7489c5e1e390f8d11..135fb1e78c189de976dce100d8fe31df9339007f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -952,7 +952,6 @@
#endif
#endif
-
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h
index 37f7e9400d0a71f1d3e3843ae619525292a640e6..1525b2119ce7cc373e84bd1177026f34ea83d060 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h
index 18f51b3dbdcef70fec547f6f4f25e14bcd11de67..f1c46b4cf70ebcbcd851321992bc655c5bd2fe19 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -952,7 +952,6 @@
#endif
#endif
-
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h
index f2f9c6b4b0eb6d72f0ef08d62dba29ad45415a04..c3808e87bb163e5bee5027152437051c2f345661 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md
rename to config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h
index 749d230dc092d4d4d9d702b2db877d7e222c040f..c4bc1a8c3b15a08e876a2bfda584a9d451efdaa2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h
index 92585d97c1312068f193345ae96294a533ad1f35..d59835de8aff1f02b99a36a66c757496db66f747 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/README.md b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/README.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/README.md
rename to config/examples/Velleman/K8400/README.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h
diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..b6b05ce6e5b5402328cfd0d0f44ef7b0c1d688cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2261 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+//
+// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
+//
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+ #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+ #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
+ #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+ #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
+ #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+ #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
+ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
+
+ //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
+ #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+ //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+ * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+ * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+ * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+ * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+ * test.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+ * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+ * below 2.
+ */
+ #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
+ #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
+ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+ /**
+ * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+ */
+ #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
+ #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+ // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+ // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
+ //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+ #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+ #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
+ #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature:
+ * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
+ * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
+ * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
+ * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
+ * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
+ * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
+ * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+ #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
+#endif
+
+// Show extra position information in M114
+//#define M114_DETAIL
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Extruder runout prevention.
+// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+ #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 180
+ #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+ #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
+ #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
+ * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+ //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+ #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
+ #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
+#endif
+
+// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
+// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
+// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
+//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+ //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
+ #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+ #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
+ #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+ //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+ //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
+ #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
+ #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+ //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
+ //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
+ *
+ * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
+ *
+ * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
+ * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
+ * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
+ * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
+ * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
+ * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
+ */
+
+//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+ #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
+ //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+ #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+ #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+ #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+ #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
+ //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+ #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+ #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+ #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+ //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+ #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+ #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+ #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+ //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
+ #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
+ #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+ #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+ #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
+ #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+ #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
+ #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
+ #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
+ #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
+ #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
+ #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
+ // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
+ // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
+ // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
+ // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+ // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
+ // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
+ // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
+ // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
+ // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+ // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
+ // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
+ // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
+
+ // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
+ #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
+
+ // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+ #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
+#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
+
+// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
+
+// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+ // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
+ #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
+ #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
+ // Set number of iterations to align
+ #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
+ // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+ #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+ // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
+ // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
+ // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
+ #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
+ // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
+ #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+
+// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
+//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
+
+// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
+#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
+
+// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
+// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
+// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
+
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
+
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+ #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+ #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
+ #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
+
+// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
+#define SLOWDOWN
+
+// Frequency limit
+// See nophead's blog for more info
+// Not working O
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
+
+// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
+// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
+// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
+#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+ // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+ // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+ #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
+ #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+ // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+ // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+ //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+ // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+ //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+ #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+ // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+ #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+ #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+ // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+ // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+ // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+ #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
+ #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
+ #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
+ #endif
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+ #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
+
+ #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
+ #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
+ #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
+
+ // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+ #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
+ #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
+
+ // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
+ //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+ // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+ #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm
+ #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm
+
+ // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+ // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+ #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+ #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+ #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+ #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+ // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+ // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+ //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+ // Define pin which is read during calibration
+ #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+ #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
+ #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+ //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+ #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ * @section stepper motor current
+ *
+ * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ * The power on motor currents are set by:
+ * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ * known compatible chips: A4982
+ * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ * known compatible chips: AD5206
+ * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ * known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ * M907 - applies to all.
+ * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
+//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
+#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
+ /**
+ * Common slave addresses:
+ *
+ * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
+ * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
+ * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
+ * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
+ * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
+ */
+ #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+ #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
+// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+ #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+ #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+ #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
+ #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+
+// Scroll a longer status message into view
+//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
+
+// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
+//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
+ //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+ #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+ #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+ #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+ #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+ //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+ //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+ #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+ #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+ #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
+ #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
+ #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
+ #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
+ #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
+ //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+ #endif
+#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+ // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
+ // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
+ // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
+ // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
+ // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
+ //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
+
+ #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+ #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "G1 Y190 Z190\nM84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
+
+ // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+ // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+ #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+ // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
+ //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
+
+ /**
+ * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+ *
+ * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+ * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+ * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+ * point in the file.
+ */
+ #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+ #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+ #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 65 // Pin to detect power loss
+ #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+ *
+ * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+ * by name for easier navigation.
+ *
+ * By default...
+ *
+ * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+ * - Folders are sorted to the top.
+ * - The sort key is statically allocated.
+ * - No added G-code (M34) support.
+ * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+ *
+ * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+ * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+ * limit is exceeded.
+ *
+ * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+ * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+ * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+ * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+ */
+ //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+ // SD Card Sorting options
+ #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+ #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+ #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
+ #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
+ #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+ #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+ #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+ #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+ #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+ // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+ #endif
+
+ // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
+ //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+
+ // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+ //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+ /**
+ * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+ * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
+ * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
+ */
+ //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+
+ /**
+ * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
+ * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
+ * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
+ */
+ //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
+
+ /**
+ * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
+ */
+ //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
+
+ /**
+ * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+ * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+ * to Marlin as an SD card.
+ *
+ * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+ * the following pin mapping:
+ *
+ * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+ * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN
+ * SS --> SDSS
+ */
+ //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+ #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+ #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
+ #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+ * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+ *
+ * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+ *
+ * Tested with this bootloader:
+ * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+ */
+ //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+ #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+ #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
+ #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
+ #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+ #endif
+
+ // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+ //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+ // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
+ //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
+
+ // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
+ #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+ // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+ #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+ // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
+ // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+ //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+ // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
+ // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+ //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+ // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+ // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+ //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+ // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+ //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
+
+ /**
+ * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+ * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+ * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+ *
+ * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+ * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+ * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+ *
+ * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+ * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+ */
+ #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+ //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+ #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+ #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Status (Info) Screen customizations
+ * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+ * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+ */
+ //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+ //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+ #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
+ #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+ #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+ //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+ //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+ //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+ //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+// @section safety
+
+// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
+// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+ // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
+ // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
+ // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
+ //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+ //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
+ //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+ #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
+ #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
+
+ //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+ #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+ #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+ // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+ //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
+ //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
+ #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+ #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+ #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+ //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+ //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
+ */
+//#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+ #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
+ //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
+#endif
+
+// @section leveling
+
+#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+ // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+ //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+ //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+ //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+ //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+ #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+ #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+ /**
+ * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+ * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+ */
+ #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+ #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+ #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+ #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
+ #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
+ //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+ //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
+
+// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
+// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+ #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
+#endif
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ * 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
+ * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hidden
+
+// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
+// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+ #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
+#else
+ #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+ // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+ // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+ //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+ // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+ // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+ //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+ // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+ // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+ //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
+// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
+// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
+//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+//#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ * 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
+ * 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed
+ * 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+ #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
+ #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+ #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
+ #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
+ #endif
+ #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
+ #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
+ #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
+ #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
+ #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
+ #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
+ #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
+ #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
+ #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+ //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if EXTRUDERS > 1
+ // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
+
+ // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
+ //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+ #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Position to park head during tool change.
+ * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+ */
+ //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+ #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+ #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause
+ * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
+ * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
+ * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Requires an LCD display.
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ */
+#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+ #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+ #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
+ // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+ // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+ // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+ // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+ // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+ // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+ // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+ //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+ #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+ #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+ // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+ // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+ // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+ #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+
+ // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+ #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+ #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+ #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+
+ #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+ #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 5 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+ #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+
+ #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+ //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
+
+ #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+ //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc
+
+/**
+ * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
+ #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
+ #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
+ #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
+ #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
+ #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
+ #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
+ #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
+ #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
+ #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
+ #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
+ #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
+ #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
+ #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
+ #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
+ #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
+ #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
+ #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
+ #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
+ #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
+ #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
+ #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
+ #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
+ #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
+ #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
+ #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
+ #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
+ #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
+ #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
+ #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
+ #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
+ #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
+ #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
+ #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
+ #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
+ #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
+ #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
+ #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
+ #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
+ #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #endif
+
+#endif // TMC26X
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
+ * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
+ * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
+ * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
+ * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
+ *
+ * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
+ * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
+ * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
+ * a resistor.
+ * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
+ *
+ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+ #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
+ #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
+ #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+ #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
+ #define X_RSENSE 0.11
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
+ #define X2_CURRENT 800
+ #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
+ #define Y_CURRENT 800
+ #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
+ #define Y2_CURRENT 800
+ #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
+ #define Z_CURRENT 800
+ #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
+ #define Z2_CURRENT 800
+ #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
+ #define Z3_CURRENT 800
+ #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
+ #define E0_CURRENT 800
+ #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
+ #define E1_CURRENT 800
+ #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
+ #define E2_CURRENT 800
+ #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
+ #define E3_CURRENT 800
+ #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
+ #define E4_CURRENT 800
+ #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
+ #define E5_CURRENT 800
+ #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
+ #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+ * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+ */
+ //#define X_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
+ //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
+
+ /**
+ * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
+ * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+ * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+ * but you can override or define them here.
+ */
+ //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+ //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
+ //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
+ //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
+
+ /**
+ * Software enable
+ *
+ * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+ * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+ */
+ //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+ /**
+ * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+ * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+ * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+ */
+ #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+ #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+ #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+
+ /**
+ * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+ * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+ * Provided parameter sets are
+ * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+ * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+ * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+ * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+ * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
+ * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+ *
+ * Define you own with
+ * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+ */
+ #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+
+ /**
+ * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
+ * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+ * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
+ * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+ * Relevant g-codes:
+ * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+ * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+ * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+ * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+ */
+ //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+ #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+ #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
+ #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+ #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+ * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+ * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+ * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+ * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+ */
+ //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+ #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
+ #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
+ #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
+ #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
+ #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
+ #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
+ #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
+ #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
+ #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
+ #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
+ #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
+ #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
+ #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
+
+ /**
+ * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+ * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
+ * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+ * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+ *
+ * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
+ * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
+ * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
+ * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
+ * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
+ * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
+ */
+ //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+
+ /**
+ * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+ *
+ * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
+ * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
+ */
+ //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+
+ #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+ #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
+ #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
+ //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+ * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
+ */
+ //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+ /**
+ * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+ * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+ * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
+ * stepperY.interpolate(0); \
+ * }
+ */
+ #define TMC_ADV() { }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+// @section L6470
+
+/**
+ * L6470 Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
+ *
+ * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
+ * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
+ * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
+ * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
+ * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
+ * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
+
+ //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
+ #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
+ #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
+ #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
+ #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
+ #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
+ #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
+ #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
+ #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
+ #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
+ #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
+ #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
+ #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
+ #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
+ #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
+ #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
+ #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
+ #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
+ #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
+ #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
+ #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
+ #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
+ #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
+ #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
+ #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
+ #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
+ #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
+ #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
+ #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
+ #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
+ #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
+ #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
+ #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
+ #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
+ #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
+ #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
+ #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
+ #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
+ #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
+ #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
+ #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
+ #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
+ #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
+ #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
+ #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
+ #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
+ #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
+ #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
+ #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
+ #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
+ #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
+ #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
+ #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
+ #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
+ #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
+ #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
+ #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
+ #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
+ #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
+ #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
+ #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
+ #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
+ #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
+ #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
+ #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
+ #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0
+ #endif
+
+ /**
+ * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
+ * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
+ * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+ * Relevant g-codes:
+ * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+ * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
+ * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
+ * I3 - Z3 or E3
+ * I4 - E4
+ * I5 - E5
+ * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
+ * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
+ * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
+ * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
+ */
+ //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+ #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
+ #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
+ //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
+ #endif
+
+#endif // L6470
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
+ * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
+ * devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
+ * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77 ; M
+ * M260 B97 ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Photo G-code
+ * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
+ * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
+ */
+//#define PHOTO_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
+ // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
+ //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
+ //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
+ //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
+
+ // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
+ // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+ //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
+
+ // Canon Hack Development Kit
+ // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+ //#define CHDK_PIN 4
+
+ // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
+ //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
+
+ // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
+ //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+
+ #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+ #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+ #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+ #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+ #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
+ #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
+ #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
+ #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+
+ /**
+ * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+ *
+ * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+ * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+ *
+ * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+ */
+
+ #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
+ #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
+ #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
+ #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+
+ //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
+ //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
+ //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
+ //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+ #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+ #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+ #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+ #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+ #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+ // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+ //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+
+/**
+ * Include capabilities in M115 output
+ */
+#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+ /**
+ * Volumetric extrusion default state
+ * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+ * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+ *
+ * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
+ */
+ //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
+ * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
+ *
+ * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
+ * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+ //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+ #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
+ #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+ //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+ #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+ #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+ //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
+
+ #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
+ #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
+
+ #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+ #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+ #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+ #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+ #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+ #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+
+ #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
+ #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Host Action Commands
+ *
+ * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
+ *
+ * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
+ * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
+ * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
+ *
+ * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
+ *
+ * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
+ * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
+ */
+//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
+#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
+ //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+ #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+ // encoders supported currently.
+
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+ // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+ // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+ // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+ //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+ // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+ //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+ // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+ // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+ // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
+ //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
+ //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
+
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
+
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
+ #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
+
+ // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+ #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+ #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
+ #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
+ #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+ #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
+
+ //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+ // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+ // disable abort behaviour.
+
+ #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+ // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+ // is trusted again.
+
+ /**
+ * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+ * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+ * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+ */
+ #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+ // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+ #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+ #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
+ #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
+ #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
+
+ //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+ #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
+ #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+ #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+ // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
+ //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
+
+ /**
+ * Sample debug features
+ * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+ */
+ #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+ #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+ #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+ #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+ // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+ // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
+ * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
+ * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+ //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
+ // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+ #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
+ #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
+
+ // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+ // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
+ // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
+ #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
+
+ // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+ //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+ // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+ //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+ // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+ #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+ // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+ //#define MMU2_MENUS
+ #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
+ // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+ // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+ #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+ #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+ { 7.2, 562 }, \
+ { 14.4, 871 }, \
+ { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+ { 14.4, 871 }, \
+ { 50.0, 198 }
+
+ #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+ { 1.0, 1000 }, \
+ { 1.0, 1500 }, \
+ { 2.0, 2000 }, \
+ { 1.5, 3000 }, \
+ { 2.5, 4000 }, \
+ { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+ { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+ { -6.0, 600 }, \
+ { 10.0, 700 }, \
+ { -10.0, 400 }, \
+ { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+ #endif
+
+ //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Print Counter settings
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
+ #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
+ // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
+ //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
+ //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
+ //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
+ //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
+ //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
+ //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
+#endif
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
+ */
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md
rename to config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h
index f36a1a86fc2d6002ae38e0680b1220d78a09095a..1f0fb28fb3ef3644e01c855a41b61560c282c897 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
@@ -2017,6 +2017,10 @@
// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
#define PCA9632
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
+//#define PCA9533
+
/**
* RGB LED / LED Strip Control
*
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h b/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h
index 7e34c3a2ca1924f6c513bd473c14e02a2c7cff5c..52f627a7c88cec8e2bb27351ec542854f82e652e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h
index b963813de00a146ff8f07e79c3fb5f596d2e1b0e..08218ffd1d866b6764cdfc492bc24369d36e2619 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md
rename to config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg
rename to config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg
rename to config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h
index 0f1dd82c992366459f9251c8d379274a28949024..41493bd249f298d1288267cf8fd091cb0d8963b9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h
index 6b77864fe03e32dd2efe66f99052970d0ef3d39f..3418c48cefc9a11180167aaae1ec288e32a82f6d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
@@ -1249,10 +1249,10 @@
*/
//#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
#if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+ #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+ #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+ #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+ #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#endif
#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
index 4b90dcc541d8badb3b796600d82da195356001f5..a179fe7a112b8ddca52df1a1f475b4629793285d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h
index 7bb9fdc0180da9331415a4df05e0e7049b3fea8a..c000947b40752c8a1173336a799802c6aaefd702 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h
index 1482cf1db1dd0c9660244b7df70001b3ab738e6d..3d61b275670b380d1c9d39a12f4b782823704f75 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md
rename to config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h
index dd689173adabacb85546bc339ee434d05197dfe2..4c24ba46fb51b66ea9706aef8b64ab64be168cfd 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h
index 57d9b0509b2fba0071c1ff8e15ab9e8bcb18ba76..493a39f6bdfc4c1bc32d3c2f59a5c504c2cdce34 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h
index 98cafe1e958f39290a2816dd43c67b5a46aecb6d..bf4cb2fb5567fa3002efa937fc94d89699bdb1ca 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -954,7 +954,6 @@
#endif
#endif
-
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
index 741611ead6078b6fe4d93f31591b2d55d7425702..3a05c806996d706d97ef2c8f180e58b456448ee2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h
index 02c4a451e434fc9839c6f3b10429ea90fee9254d..12f371106ff8057ec7f0418e2107979eb82618b5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md b/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md
rename to config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h
index cbab19958b6bf45f940b752cbf070638b0a36713..58cef322c472936a4a0e3bf53c919a0e92770662 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md
rename to config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h
index 866210d8491f5f6b771c12bee9ef6c930d25622f..bec673e668c6179b449958ee031c0ec2a1cb5080 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h
rename to config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h
index 962a7de2f5600ad6acf24dd891858bedbafcaa68..cc2d3e56c0e865471d072536cfd82b2010b33b66 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h
index afa9b63d04b7c26fc063eb466f847dbf05ec4b8f..22f22a58059560a08921a06c9089000cc25ce351 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h
index c55a81e165b77fd21c5e5e4f6ac0a260c11aab8d..8e8be169f52b849be6bca6d13b330bda6f863edc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h
similarity index 99%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h
rename to config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h
index 46f0aea375d3ef0faa875fc2eac8a0ab8b01ff75..65ebe38d70da449d05432a31489aadb4dc561b9f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+ #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h
similarity index 100%
rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h
rename to config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h